Sema.h revision a36bbac10f7b74ef198ec2fb0eb52dbd8a50e7f0
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h"
24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
42#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
49#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h"
50#include <deque>
51#include <string>
52#include <vector>
53
54namespace llvm {
55  class APSInt;
56  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
57  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
58  class SmallBitVector;
59}
60
61namespace clang {
62  class ADLResult;
63  class ASTConsumer;
64  class ASTContext;
65  class ASTMutationListener;
66  class ASTReader;
67  class ASTWriter;
68  class ArrayType;
69  class AttributeList;
70  class BlockDecl;
71  class CapturedDecl;
72  class CXXBasePath;
73  class CXXBasePaths;
74  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
75  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
76  class CXXConstructorDecl;
77  class CXXConversionDecl;
78  class CXXDestructorDecl;
79  class CXXFieldCollector;
80  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
81  class CXXMethodDecl;
82  class CXXScopeSpec;
83  class CXXTemporary;
84  class CXXTryStmt;
85  class CallExpr;
86  class ClassTemplateDecl;
87  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
88  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
89  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
90  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
91  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
92  class CodeCompletionResult;
93  class Decl;
94  class DeclAccessPair;
95  class DeclContext;
96  class DeclRefExpr;
97  class DeclaratorDecl;
98  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
99  class DependentDiagnostic;
100  class DesignatedInitExpr;
101  class Designation;
102  class EnumConstantDecl;
103  class Expr;
104  class ExtVectorType;
105  class ExternalSemaSource;
106  class FormatAttr;
107  class FriendDecl;
108  class FunctionDecl;
109  class FunctionProtoType;
110  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
111  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
112  class InitListExpr;
113  class InitializationKind;
114  class InitializationSequence;
115  class InitializedEntity;
116  class IntegerLiteral;
117  class LabelStmt;
118  class LambdaExpr;
119  class LangOptions;
120  class LocalInstantiationScope;
121  class LookupResult;
122  class MacroInfo;
123  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
124  class NamedDecl;
125  class NonNullAttr;
126  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
127  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
128  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
129  class ObjCContainerDecl;
130  class ObjCImplDecl;
131  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
132  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
133  class ObjCIvarDecl;
134  template <class T> class ObjCList;
135  class ObjCMessageExpr;
136  class ObjCMethodDecl;
137  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
138  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
139  class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
140  class OverloadCandidateSet;
141  class OverloadExpr;
142  class ParenListExpr;
143  class ParmVarDecl;
144  class Preprocessor;
145  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
146  class PseudoObjectExpr;
147  class QualType;
148  class StandardConversionSequence;
149  class Stmt;
150  class StringLiteral;
151  class SwitchStmt;
152  class TargetAttributesSema;
153  class TemplateArgument;
154  class TemplateArgumentList;
155  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
156  class TemplateDecl;
157  class TemplateParameterList;
158  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
159  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
160  class Token;
161  class TypeAliasDecl;
162  class TypedefDecl;
163  class TypedefNameDecl;
164  class TypeLoc;
165  class UnqualifiedId;
166  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
167  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
168  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
169  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
170  class UsingDecl;
171  class UsingShadowDecl;
172  class ValueDecl;
173  class VarDecl;
174  class VisibilityAttr;
175  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
176  class IndirectFieldDecl;
177
178namespace sema {
179  class AccessedEntity;
180  class BlockScopeInfo;
181  class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
182  class CapturingScopeInfo;
183  class CompoundScopeInfo;
184  class DelayedDiagnostic;
185  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
186  class FunctionScopeInfo;
187  class LambdaScopeInfo;
188  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
189  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
190}
191
192// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
193// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
194typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
195                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
196
197/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
198class Sema {
199  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
200  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
201  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
202
203  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
204  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
205
206  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
207  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
208
209  static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
210
211  static bool
212  shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
213    // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
214    // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
215    // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
216    // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
217    // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
218    // with internal linkage.
219    return !Old->isHidden() || New->hasExternalLinkage();
220  }
221
222public:
223  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
224  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
225  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
226
227  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
228  FPOptions FPFeatures;
229
230  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
231  Preprocessor &PP;
232  ASTContext &Context;
233  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
234  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
235  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
236
237  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
238  bool CollectStats;
239
240  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
241  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
242
243  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
244  DeclContext *CurContext;
245
246  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
247  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
248  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
249
250  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
251  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
252  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
253
254  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
255  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
256  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
257
258  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
259
260  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
261  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
262
263  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
264  ///
265  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
266  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
267  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
268
269  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
270  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
271  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
272
273  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
274  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
275  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
276  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
277
278  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
279
280  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
281  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
282  ///
283  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
284  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
285  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
286  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
287
288  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
289                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
290    ExtVectorDeclsType;
291
292  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
293  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
294  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
295  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
296
297  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
298  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
299
300  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
301
302  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
303  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
304
305  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
306
307  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
308  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
309  /// same list more than once.
310  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
311
312  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
313  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
314  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
315
316  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
317  /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
318  ///
319  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
320  /// scopes, e.g.,
321  ///
322  /// \code
323  /// extern "C" void f() {
324  ///   void foo(int, int);
325  /// }
326  /// \endcode
327  ///
328  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
329  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
330  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
331  ///
332  ///   - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
333  ///     the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
334  ///     so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
335  ///     for compatibility.
336  ///
337  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
338  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
339  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
340  ///     not visible.
341  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
342
343  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
344  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
345  findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
346
347  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
348                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
349    TentativeDefinitionsType;
350
351  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
352  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
353
354  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
355                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
356    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
357
358  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
359  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
360  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
361
362  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
363                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
364    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
365
366  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
367  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
368  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
369
370  /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their
371  /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed
372  /// exception spec.
373  SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs;
374
375  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
376  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
377  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
378  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
379                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
380      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
381
382  /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
383  /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
384  /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
385  /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
386  /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
387  /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
388  /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
389  SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
390    DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
391
392  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
393  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD);
394  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
395  void *OpaqueParser;
396
397  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
398    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
399    OpaqueParser = P;
400  }
401
402  class DelayedDiagnostics;
403
404  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
405    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
406    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
407  };
408  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
409  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
410
411  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
412  /// during parsing and other processing.
413  class DelayedDiagnostics {
414    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
415    /// diagnostics should go.
416    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
417
418  public:
419    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
420
421    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
422    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
423
424    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
425    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
426
427    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
428    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
429      return CurPool;
430    }
431
432    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
433    /// collected in this pool.
434    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
435      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
436      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
437      CurPool = &pool;
438      return state;
439    }
440
441    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
442    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
443    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
444    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
445      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
446    }
447
448    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
449    /// not delayed.
450    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
451      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
452      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
453      CurPool = 0;
454      return state;
455    }
456
457    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
458    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
459      assert(CurPool == NULL);
460      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
461    }
462  } DelayedDiagnostics;
463
464  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
465  class ContextRAII {
466  private:
467    Sema &S;
468    DeclContext *SavedContext;
469    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
470    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
471
472  public:
473    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
474      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
475        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
476        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
477    {
478      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
479      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
480    }
481
482    void pop() {
483      if (!SavedContext) return;
484      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
485      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
486      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
487      SavedContext = 0;
488    }
489
490    ~ContextRAII() {
491      pop();
492    }
493  };
494
495  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
496  /// a function body.
497  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
498    Sema &S;
499    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
500
501  public:
502    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
503      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
504    {
505      S.PushFunctionScope();
506      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
507    }
508
509    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
510      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
511      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
512    }
513  };
514
515  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
516  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
517  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
518  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
519
520  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
521  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
522  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
523  /// in the currently selected standard.
524  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
525
526
527  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
528  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
529
530  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
531  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
532  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
533  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
534  /// It would be best to refactor this.
535  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
536
537  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
538
539  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
540  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
541  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
542  Scope *TUScope;
543
544  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
545  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
546
547  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
548  /// standard library.
549  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
550
551  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
552  /// \<initializer_list>.
553  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
554
555  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
556  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
557
558  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
559  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
560
561  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
562  OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
563
564  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
565  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
566
567  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
568  QualType NSNumberPointer;
569
570  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
571  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
572
573  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
574  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
575
576  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
577  QualType NSStringPointer;
578
579  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
580  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
581
582  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
583  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
584
585  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
586  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
587
588  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
589  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
590
591  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
592  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
593
594  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
595  QualType QIDNSCopying;
596
597  /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
598  Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
599
600  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
601  /// have been declared.
602  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
603
604  /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
605  /// references to fields.  This is really a
606  bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
607
608  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
609  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
610  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
611    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
612    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
613    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
614    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
615    /// run time.
616    Unevaluated,
617
618    /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
619    /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
620    /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
621    UnevaluatedAbstract,
622
623    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
624    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
625    /// cases in a switch statment).
626    ConstantEvaluated,
627
628    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
629    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
630    /// expression at run time.
631    PotentiallyEvaluated,
632
633    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
634    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
635    /// in fact the current expression is used.
636    ///
637    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
638    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
639    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
640    /// until the default argument is used.
641    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
642  };
643
644  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
645  /// expression evaluation contexts.
646  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
647    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
648    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
649
650    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
651    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
652
653    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
654    bool IsDecltype;
655
656    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
657    /// this expression evaluation context.
658    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
659
660    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
661
662    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
663    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
664    SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
665
666    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression
667    /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a
668    /// default function argument.
669    Decl *LambdaContextDecl;
670
671    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
672    /// within this context.
673    ///
674    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
675    /// do not have lambda expressions.
676    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle;
677
678    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
679    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
680    SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
681
682    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
683    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
684    SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
685
686    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
687                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
688                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
689                                      Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
690                                      bool IsDecltype)
691      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
692        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
693        LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { }
694
695    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas.
696    LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() {
697      assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration");
698      if (!LambdaMangle)
699        LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext;
700      return *LambdaMangle;
701    }
702
703    bool isUnevaluated() const {
704      return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
705    }
706  };
707
708  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
709  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
710
711  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
712  /// function.
713  ///
714  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
715  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
716  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
717  public:
718    enum Kind {
719      NoMemberOrDeleted,
720      Ambiguous,
721      Success
722    };
723
724  private:
725    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
726
727  public:
728    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
729      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
730    {}
731
732    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
733    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
734
735    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
736    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
737  };
738
739  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
740  /// for C++ records.
741  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
742
743  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
744  ///
745  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
746  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
747  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
748  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
749  /// checks.
750  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
751
752  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
753
754  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
755  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
756
757  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
758    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
759
760  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
761  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
762  ///
763  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
764  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
765  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
766  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
767  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
768
769  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
770  // argument locations.
771  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
772
773  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
774  /// definition in this translation unit.
775  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
776
777  /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
778  void getUndefinedButUsed(
779    llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
780
781  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
782  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
783
784  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
785  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
786  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
787  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
788  /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
789  /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
790  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
791
792  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
793  /// of -Wselector.
794  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
795
796  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
797  enum CXXSpecialMember {
798    CXXDefaultConstructor,
799    CXXCopyConstructor,
800    CXXMoveConstructor,
801    CXXCopyAssignment,
802    CXXMoveAssignment,
803    CXXDestructor,
804    CXXInvalid
805  };
806
807  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
808
809  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
810  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
811  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
812  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
813
814  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
815
816  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
817  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
818
819  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
820  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
821  /// should not be used elsewhere.
822  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
823
824  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
825  /// statements.
826  class FPContractStateRAII {
827  public:
828    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
829      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
830    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
831      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
832    }
833  private:
834    Sema& S;
835    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
836  };
837
838  typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo
839    InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
840
841public:
842  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
843       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
844       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
845  ~Sema();
846
847  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
848  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
849  void Initialize();
850
851  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
852  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
853  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
854
855  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
856  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
857  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
858  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
859  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
860  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
861  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
862  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
863
864  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
865  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
866  ///
867  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
868  ///
869  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
870
871  void PrintStats() const;
872
873  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
874  /// template instantiation stacks.
875  ///
876  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
877  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
878  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
879  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
880  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
881  /// well.
882  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
883    Sema &SemaRef;
884    unsigned DiagID;
885
886  public:
887    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
888      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
889
890    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
891      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
892      if (!isActive()) return;
893
894      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
895      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
896      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
897      //
898      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
899      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
900      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
901      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
902      // eliminate that code.
903      FlushCounts();
904      Clear();
905
906      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
907      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
908    }
909  };
910
911  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
912  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
913    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
914    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
915  }
916
917  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
918  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
919
920  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
921  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
922
923  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
924
925  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
926  std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
927  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const;
928
929  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
930  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
931  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
932
933  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
934
935  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
936
937  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
938
939  void PushFunctionScope();
940  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
941  void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
942  void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
943                               RecordDecl *RD,
944                               CapturedRegionKind K);
945  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
946                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
947
948  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
949    return FunctionScopes.back();
950  }
951
952  void PushCompoundScope();
953  void PopCompoundScope();
954
955  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
956
957  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
958
959  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
960  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
961
962  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
963  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
964
965  /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
966  sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
967
968  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
969  SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
970
971  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
972
973  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
974  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
975  //
976
977  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
978                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
979  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
980                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
981  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
982                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
983  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
984                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
985  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
986                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
987                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
988  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
989                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
990
991  /// \brief Build a function type.
992  ///
993  /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
994  /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
995  /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
996  /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
997  /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
998  ///
999  /// \param T The return type of the function.
1000  ///
1001  /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1002  /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1003  /// function parameters.
1004  ///
1005  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1006  /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1007  /// type that will have function type.
1008  ///
1009  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1010  /// type, if known.
1011  ///
1012  /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1013  /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1014  ///
1015  /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1016  /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1017  /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1018  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1019                             llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1020                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1021                             const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1022
1023  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1024                                  SourceLocation Loc,
1025                                  DeclarationName Entity);
1026  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1027                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1028  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1029  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1030
1031  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1032  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1033  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1034                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1035
1036  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1037  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1038  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1039  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1040  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
1041  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1042  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1043                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1044  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1045  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1046  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1047  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1048      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1049      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1050  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1051      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1052      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1053      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1054      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
1055      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
1056      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1057      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1058  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1059      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1060      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1061      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1062  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1063      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1064      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1065
1066  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1067
1068  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1069  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1070  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1071
1072  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1073  struct TypeDiagnoser {
1074    bool Suppressed;
1075
1076    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1077
1078    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1079    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1080  };
1081
1082  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1083  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1084  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1085  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1086  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1087  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1088  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1089    return II;
1090  }
1091  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1092  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1093  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1094  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1095  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1096  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1097
1098  template<typename T1>
1099  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1100    unsigned DiagID;
1101    const T1 &Arg1;
1102
1103  public:
1104    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1105      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1106    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1107      if (Suppressed) return;
1108      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1109    }
1110
1111    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1112  };
1113
1114  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1115  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1116    unsigned DiagID;
1117    const T1 &Arg1;
1118    const T2 &Arg2;
1119
1120  public:
1121    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1122                                  const T2 &Arg2)
1123      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1124        Arg2(Arg2) { }
1125
1126    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1127      if (Suppressed) return;
1128      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1129    }
1130
1131    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1132  };
1133
1134  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1135  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1136    unsigned DiagID;
1137    const T1 &Arg1;
1138    const T2 &Arg2;
1139    const T3 &Arg3;
1140
1141  public:
1142    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1143                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1144    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1145      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1146
1147    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1148      if (Suppressed) return;
1149      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1150        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1151    }
1152
1153    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1154  };
1155
1156  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1157                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1158  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1159                           unsigned DiagID);
1160
1161  template<typename T1>
1162  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1163                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1164    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1165    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1166  }
1167
1168  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1169  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1170                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1171    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1172    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1173  }
1174
1175  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1176  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1177                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1178                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1179    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1180                                                        Arg3);
1181    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1182  }
1183
1184  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1185  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1186
1187  template<typename T1>
1188  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1189    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1190    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1191  }
1192
1193  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1194  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1195                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1196    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1197    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1198  }
1199
1200  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1201  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1202                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1203    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1204                                                        Arg3);
1205    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1206  }
1207
1208  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1209                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1210  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1211
1212  template<typename T1>
1213  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1214                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1215    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1216    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1217  }
1218
1219  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1220  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1221                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1222    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1223    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1224  }
1225
1226  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1227  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1228                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1229                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1230    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1231                                                        Arg3);
1232    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1233  }
1234
1235  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1236                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1237
1238  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1239  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1240  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1241                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1242                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1243
1244  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1245  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1246  //
1247
1248  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1249  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1250  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1251  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1252  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1253  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1254  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1255  /// such as:
1256  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1257  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1258
1259  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1260
1261  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1262
1263  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1264
1265  ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1266                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1267                         bool isClassName = false,
1268                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1269                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1270                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1271                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1272                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1273  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1274  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1275  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1276                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1277                               Scope *S,
1278                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1279                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1280
1281  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1282  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1283  enum NameClassificationKind {
1284    NC_Unknown,
1285    NC_Error,
1286    NC_Keyword,
1287    NC_Type,
1288    NC_Expression,
1289    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1290    NC_TypeTemplate,
1291    NC_FunctionTemplate
1292  };
1293
1294  class NameClassification {
1295    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1296    ExprResult Expr;
1297    TemplateName Template;
1298    ParsedType Type;
1299    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1300
1301    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1302
1303  public:
1304    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1305
1306    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1307
1308    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1309      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1310
1311    static NameClassification Error() {
1312      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1313    }
1314
1315    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1316      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1317    }
1318
1319    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1320      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1321    }
1322
1323    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1324      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1325      Result.Template = Name;
1326      return Result;
1327    }
1328
1329    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1330      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1331      Result.Template = Name;
1332      return Result;
1333    }
1334
1335    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1336
1337    ParsedType getType() const {
1338      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1339      return Type;
1340    }
1341
1342    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1343      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1344      return Expr;
1345    }
1346
1347    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1348      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1349      return Template;
1350    }
1351
1352    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1353      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1354      return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template;
1355    }
1356  };
1357
1358  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1359  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1360  ///
1361  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1362  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1363  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1364  ///
1365  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1366  ///
1367  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1368  ///
1369  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1370  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1371  ///
1372  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1373  ///
1374  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1375  /// disambiguate the name.
1376  ///
1377  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1378  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1379  ///        expression.
1380  ///
1381  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1382  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1383                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1384                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1385                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1386                                  const Token &NextToken,
1387                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1388                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1389
1390  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1391
1392  NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1393                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1394  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
1395                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
1396                                        Scope *S);
1397  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1398  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1399                                    DeclarationName Name,
1400                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1401  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1402  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1403  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1404  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1405  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1406  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1407                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1408                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1409  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1410                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1411  NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1412                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1413                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1414                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1415  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1416  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1417  void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1418  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1419  void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1420  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1421  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1422  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1423                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1424                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1425                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1426                                     bool &AddToScope);
1427  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1428  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1429
1430  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1431  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1432
1433  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1434  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1435  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1436                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1437                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1438  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1439  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1440  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1441                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1442                                          QualType T);
1443  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1444                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1445                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1446                              StorageClass SC);
1447  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1448                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1449                                 Expr *defarg);
1450  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1451                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1452                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1453  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1454  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1455                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1456
1457  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1458                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1459  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1460  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1461  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1462  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1463  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1464  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1465  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1466                                         Decl **Group,
1467                                         unsigned NumDecls);
1468  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
1469                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1470
1471  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1472  /// documentation comments.
1473  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1474  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls);
1475
1476  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1477                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1478  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
1479  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1480  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1481  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1482  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1483    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1484  }
1485
1486  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1487  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1488  /// code for that function.
1489  ///
1490  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1491  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1492  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1493  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1494
1495  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1496  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1497  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1498  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1499
1500  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1501  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1502  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1503
1504  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1505  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1506  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1507                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1508
1509  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1510  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1511  /// specified threshold.
1512  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1513                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1514                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1515                                              NamedDecl *D);
1516
1517  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1518  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1519                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1520                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1521
1522  /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1523  Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1524                              AttributeList *AttrList,
1525                              SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1526
1527  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1528  ///
1529  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1530  ///
1531  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1532  ///
1533  /// \param Path The module access path.
1534  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1535                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1536
1537  /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1538  /// source location.
1539  ///
1540  /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found
1541  /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but
1542  /// the user has forgotten to import.
1543  void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod);
1544
1545  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1546  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1547    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1548  }
1549
1550  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1551  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1552                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1553
1554  /// Scope actions.
1555  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1556  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1557
1558  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1559                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1560  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1561                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1562                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1563                                   bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1564
1565  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1566                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1567                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1568
1569  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1570                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1571
1572  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1573                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1574                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1575                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1576
1577  enum TagUseKind {
1578    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1579    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1580    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1581    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1582  };
1583
1584  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1585                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1586                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1587                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1588                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1589                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1590                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1591                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1592                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1593
1594  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1595                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1596                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1597                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1598                                AttributeList *Attr,
1599                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1600
1601  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1602                               unsigned TagSpec,
1603                               TagUseKind TUK,
1604                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1605                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1606                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1607                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1608
1609  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1610                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1611                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1612  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1613                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1614
1615  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1616                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1617                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1618                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1619  MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1620                                   SourceLocation DeclStart,
1621                                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1622                                   InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1623                                   AccessSpecifier AS,
1624                                   AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1625
1626  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1627                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1628                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1629                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1630                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1631                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1632                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1633                            Declarator *D = 0);
1634
1635  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1636  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1637  bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1638                              bool Diagnose = false);
1639  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1640  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1641                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1642  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1643                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1644                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1645
1646  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1647  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1648                   ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1649                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1650                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1651
1652  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1653  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1654  /// struct, or union).
1655  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1656
1657  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1658
1659  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1660  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1661  /// member declarations.
1662  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1663                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1664                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1665
1666  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1667  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1668  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1669                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1670
1671  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1672
1673  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1674  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1675  ///
1676  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1677  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1678  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1679
1680  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1681  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1682  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1683
1684  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1685                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1686                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1687                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1688                                      Expr *val);
1689  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1690  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1691                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1692
1693  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1694                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1695                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1696                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1697  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1698                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1699                     ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1700                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1701
1702  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1703
1704  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1705  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1706  void PopDeclContext();
1707
1708  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1709  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1710  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1711  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1712
1713  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1714  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1715  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1716
1717  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1718
1719  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1720  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1721  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1722  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1723
1724  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1725  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1726  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1727  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1728
1729  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1730  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1731  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1732  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1733
1734  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1735  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1736
1737  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1738  /// top level scope.
1739  ///
1740  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1741  ///
1742  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1743  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1744
1745  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1746  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1747  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1748  ///
1749  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1750  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1751  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1752  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1753                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1754
1755  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1756  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1757  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1758
1759  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1760  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1761                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1762  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1763
1764  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1765  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1766                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1767                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1768                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1769                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1770                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1771                                          StringRef Message,
1772                                          bool Override,
1773                                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1774  TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1775                                       TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1776                                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1777  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1778                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1779                                      unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1780  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1781                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1782  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1783                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1784  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format,
1785                              int FormatIdx, int FirstArg,
1786                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1787  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
1788                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1789
1790  /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
1791  /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
1792  enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
1793    /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
1794    AMK_None,
1795    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
1796    /// an exact match.
1797    AMK_Redeclaration,
1798    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
1799    /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
1800    AMK_Override
1801  };
1802
1803  void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
1804                           AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
1805  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1806  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S);
1807  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1808                                    Scope *S);
1809  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1810  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls,
1811                    bool OldDeclsWereHidden);
1812  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden);
1813  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1814  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1815
1816  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1817  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1818  enum AssignmentAction {
1819    AA_Assigning,
1820    AA_Passing,
1821    AA_Returning,
1822    AA_Converting,
1823    AA_Initializing,
1824    AA_Sending,
1825    AA_Casting
1826  };
1827
1828  /// C++ Overloading.
1829  enum OverloadKind {
1830    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1831    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1832    Ovl_Overload,
1833
1834    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1835    /// an existing declaration.
1836    Ovl_Match,
1837
1838    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1839    /// non-function.
1840    Ovl_NonFunction
1841  };
1842  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1843                             FunctionDecl *New,
1844                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1845                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1846                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1847  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1848
1849  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1850  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1851  ///
1852  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1853  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1854  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1855
1856  ImplicitConversionSequence
1857  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1858                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1859                        bool AllowExplicit,
1860                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1861                        bool CStyle,
1862                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1863
1864  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1865  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1866  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1867  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1868                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1869                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1870  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1871                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1872  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1873                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1874  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1875                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1876  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1877                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1878                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1879  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1880                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1881
1882  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1883  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1884                              CastKind &Kind,
1885                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1886                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1887  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1888                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1889                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1890  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1891                                    CastKind &Kind,
1892                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1893                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1894  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1895                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1896  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1897                            QualType &ResultTy);
1898  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1899  bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
1900
1901  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1902                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1903                                             QualType ResultType,
1904                                             Expr *Value,
1905                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1906
1907  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1908                                    ExprResult Init);
1909  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1910                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1911                                       ExprResult Init,
1912                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1913                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1914  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1915                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1916                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1917                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1918
1919  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1920  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1921
1922  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1923  enum CCEKind {
1924    CCEK_CaseValue,  ///< Expression in a case label.
1925    CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1926    CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1927  };
1928  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
1929                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
1930
1931  /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while
1932  /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type.
1933  class ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1934  public:
1935    bool Suppress;
1936    bool SuppressConversion;
1937
1938    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false,
1939                        bool SuppressConversion = false)
1940      : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { }
1941
1942    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
1943    /// integral or enumeration type.
1944    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1945                                             QualType T) = 0;
1946
1947    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
1948    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1949                                                 QualType T) = 0;
1950
1951    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
1952    /// is explicit.
1953    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1954                                                   QualType T,
1955                                                   QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1956
1957    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
1958    virtual DiagnosticBuilder
1959    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1960
1961    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
1962    /// functions.
1963    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1964                                                QualType T) = 0;
1965
1966    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
1967    virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
1968                                            QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1969
1970    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
1971    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
1972    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1973                                                 QualType T,
1974                                                 QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1975
1976    virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {}
1977  };
1978
1979  ExprResult
1980  ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE,
1981                                     ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
1982                                     bool AllowScopedEnumerations);
1983
1984  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
1985    OS_Array,
1986    OS_Dictionary,
1987    OS_Error
1988  };
1989  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
1990
1991  // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
1992  // this is used for diagnostics logic.
1993  enum ObjCLiteralKind {
1994    LK_Array,
1995    LK_Dictionary,
1996    LK_Numeric,
1997    LK_Boxed,
1998    LK_String,
1999    LK_Block,
2000    LK_None
2001  };
2002  ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2003
2004  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2005                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2006                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2007                                           NamedDecl *Member);
2008
2009  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2010  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2011  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2012  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2013
2014  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2015                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2016                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2017                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2018                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2019                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
2020                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
2021  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2022                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2023                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2024                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2025                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2026  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2027                          QualType ObjectType,
2028                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2029                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2030                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2031                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2032  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2033                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2034                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2035                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2036                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2037                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2038                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2039  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2040                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2041                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2042                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2043                                  QualType ObjectType,
2044                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2045                                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2046                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2047                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2048  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2049                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2050                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2051                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2052                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2053                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2054  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2055                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2056                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2057                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2058                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2059  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2060                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2061                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2062                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2063                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
2064  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2065                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2066                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2067                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2068                             Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2069                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2070  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2071                                   SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2072                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2073                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2074  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2075                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2076                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2077                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2078                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2079  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2080                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2081                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2082  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2083                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
2084                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2085                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2086                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2087                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
2088
2089  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2090  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2091
2092  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2093  // identified by the expression Expr
2094  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2095
2096  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2097  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2098  // R (A) --> R(A)
2099  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2100  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2101  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2102  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2103
2104  FunctionDecl *
2105  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2106                                     QualType TargetType,
2107                                     bool Complain,
2108                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
2109                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
2110
2111  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2112                                                   bool Complain = false,
2113                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
2114
2115  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2116                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2117                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2118                      bool Complain = false,
2119                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2120                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2121                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2122
2123
2124  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2125                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2126                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
2127  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2128                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2129                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
2130
2131  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2132                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2133                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2134                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
2135
2136  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2137  // range-based for loop.
2138  enum ForRangeStatus {
2139    FRS_Success,
2140    FRS_NoViableFunction,
2141    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2142  };
2143
2144  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2145  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2146  enum BeginEndFunction {
2147    BEF_begin,
2148    BEF_end
2149  };
2150
2151  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2152                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2153                                           VarDecl *Decl,
2154                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
2155                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2156                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2157                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2158                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2159
2160  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2161                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2162                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2163                                     MultiExprArg Args,
2164                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2165                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2166                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2167
2168  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2169                              MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2170                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2171                              ExprResult *Result);
2172
2173  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2174                                     unsigned Opc,
2175                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2176                                     Expr *input);
2177
2178  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2179                                   unsigned Opc,
2180                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2181                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2182
2183  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2184                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2185                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2186
2187  ExprResult
2188  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2189                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2190                            MultiExprArg Args,
2191                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2192  ExprResult
2193  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2194                               MultiExprArg Args,
2195                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2196
2197  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2198                                      SourceLocation OpLoc);
2199
2200  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2201  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2202  /// that best represents the call.
2203  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2204                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2205
2206  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2207  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd,
2208                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2209  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2210  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2211  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2212
2213  /// \name Name lookup
2214  ///
2215  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2216  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2217  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2218  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2219  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2220  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2221  ///
2222  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2223  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2224  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2225  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2226  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2227  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2228  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2229  ///
2230  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2231  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2232  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2233  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2234  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2235  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2236  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2237  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2238  //@{
2239
2240  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2241  enum LookupNameKind {
2242    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2243    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2244    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2245    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2246    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2247    /// structs, and unions.
2248    LookupTagName,
2249    /// Label name lookup.
2250    LookupLabel,
2251    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2252    /// class/struct/union members.
2253    LookupMemberName,
2254    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2255    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2256    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2257    LookupOperatorName,
2258    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2259    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2260    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2261    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2262    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2263    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2264    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2265    LookupNamespaceName,
2266    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2267    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2268    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2269    LookupUsingDeclName,
2270    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2271    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2272    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2273    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2274    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2275    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2276    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2277    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2278    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2279    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2280    LookupAnyName
2281  };
2282
2283  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2284  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2285  enum RedeclarationKind {
2286    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2287    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2288    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2289    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2290    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2291    ForRedeclaration
2292  };
2293
2294  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2295  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2296    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2297    LOLR_Error,
2298    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2299    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2300    LOLR_Cooked,
2301    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2302    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2303    LOLR_Raw,
2304    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2305    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2306    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2307    LOLR_Template
2308  };
2309
2310  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2311                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2312                                                   bool ConstArg,
2313                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2314                                                   bool RValueThis,
2315                                                   bool ConstThis,
2316                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2317
2318private:
2319  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2320
2321  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2322  //
2323  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2324  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2325  llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2326
2327  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2328  /// source.
2329  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2330
2331public:
2332  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2333  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2334  ///
2335  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2336  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2337  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2338                              SourceLocation Loc,
2339                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2340                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2341                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2342  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2343                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2344  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2345                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2346  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2347                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2348                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2349  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2350                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2351                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2352
2353  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2354                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2355                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2356
2357  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2358                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2359
2360  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2361  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2362  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2363                                               unsigned Quals);
2364  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2365                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2366  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2367                                              unsigned Quals);
2368  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2369                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2370  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2371
2372  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2373                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2374                                                    bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
2375  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2376
2377  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2378                               SourceLocation Loc,
2379                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2380                               ADLResult &Functions);
2381
2382  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2383                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2384                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2385  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2386                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2387                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2388
2389  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2390                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2391                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2392                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2393                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2394                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2395                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
2396
2397  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2398                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2399                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2400                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2401
2402  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2403                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
2404                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2405
2406  bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2407  //@}
2408
2409  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2410                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2411                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2412  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2413                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2414                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2415  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2416                                      Scope *S);
2417  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2418
2419  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2420
2421  void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2422  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2423  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD,
2424                             bool NonInheritable = true,
2425                             bool Inheritable = true);
2426  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2427                                bool NonInheritable = true,
2428                                bool Inheritable = true,
2429                                bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2430  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2431                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2432
2433  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2434
2435  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2436  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2437                            const FunctionDecl *FD = 0);
2438  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2439  void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2440
2441  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2442  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2443                                   SourceRange Range);
2444
2445  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2446                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2447  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2448                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2449                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2450
2451  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2452                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2453                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2454
2455  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2456  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2457  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2458                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2459                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2460
2461  bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl,
2462                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2463
2464  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2465  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2466
2467  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2468  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2469  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2470                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2471                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2472                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2473                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2474                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2475
2476  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2477  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2478  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2479                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2480                                SourceLocation Loc);
2481
2482  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2483  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2484  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2485                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2486                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2487
2488  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2489  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2490  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2491                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2492
2493  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2494  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2495  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2496                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2497  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2498
2499  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2500  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2501  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2502            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2503            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2504
2505  /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2506  /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2507  /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2508  bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2509                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2510
2511  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2512  /// class extensions.
2513  ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2514                      SourceLocation AtLoc,
2515                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2516                      FieldDeclarator &FD,
2517                      Selector GetterSel,
2518                      Selector SetterSel,
2519                      const bool isAssign,
2520                      const bool isReadWrite,
2521                      const unsigned Attributes,
2522                      const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2523                      bool *isOverridingProperty,
2524                      TypeSourceInfo *T,
2525                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2526
2527  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2528  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2529  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2530                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2531                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2532                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2533                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2534                                       Selector GetterSel,
2535                                       Selector SetterSel,
2536                                       const bool isAssign,
2537                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2538                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2539                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2540                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2541                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2542                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2543
2544  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2545  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2546  /// setter or getter.
2547  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2548                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2549
2550  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2551
2552  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2553
2554  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2555    MMS_loose,
2556    MMS_strict
2557  };
2558
2559  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2560  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2561  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2562                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2563                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2564
2565  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2566  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2567  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2568                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2569                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2570                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2571                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2572                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2573                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2574                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2575                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2576
2577  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2578  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2579  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2580  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2581
2582  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2583  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2584
2585private:
2586  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2587  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2588  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2589
2590  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2591  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2592  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2593                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2594                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2595
2596public:
2597  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2598  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2599  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2600  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2601  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2602    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2603  }
2604
2605  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2606  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2607    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2608  }
2609
2610  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2611  /// pool.
2612  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2613
2614  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2615  /// there are multiple signatures.
2616  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2617                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2618                                                   bool warn=true) {
2619    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2620                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2621  }
2622
2623  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2624  /// there are multiple signatures.
2625  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2626                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2627                                                  bool warn=true) {
2628    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2629                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2630  }
2631
2632  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2633  /// implementation.
2634  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2635
2636  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2637  /// initialization.
2638  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2639                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2640
2641  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2642  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2643public:
2644  class FullExprArg {
2645  public:
2646    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2647
2648    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2649    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2650    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2651    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2652
2653    ExprResult release() {
2654      return E;
2655    }
2656
2657    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2658
2659    Expr *operator->() {
2660      return E;
2661    }
2662
2663  private:
2664    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2665    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2666    friend class Sema;
2667
2668    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2669
2670    Expr *E;
2671  };
2672
2673  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2674    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2675  }
2676  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2677    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2678  }
2679  FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2680    ExprResult FE =
2681      ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
2682                          /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
2683    return FullExprArg(FE.release());
2684  }
2685
2686  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
2687  StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
2688
2689  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2690                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2691
2692  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2693  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2694  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2695                                       MultiStmtArg Elts,
2696                                       bool isStmtExpr);
2697
2698  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2699  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2700  public:
2701    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2702      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2703    }
2704
2705    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2706      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2707    }
2708
2709  private:
2710    Sema &S;
2711  };
2712
2713  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2714                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2715                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2716  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2717  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2718  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2719                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2720                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2721  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2722
2723  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2724                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2725                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2726  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2727                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2728
2729  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2730                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2731                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2732
2733  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2734                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2735                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2736                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2737  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2738                                            Expr *Cond,
2739                                            Decl *CondVar);
2740  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2741                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2742  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2743                            FullExprArg Cond,
2744                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2745  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2746                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2747                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2748                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2749
2750  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2751                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2752                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2753                          Decl *SecondVar,
2754                          FullExprArg Third,
2755                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2756                          Stmt *Body);
2757  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2758                                           Expr *collection);
2759  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2760                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2761                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2762  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2763
2764  enum BuildForRangeKind {
2765    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2766    BFRK_Build,
2767    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2768    /// attempt any typo-correction.
2769    BFRK_Rebuild,
2770    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2771    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2772    BFRK_Check
2773  };
2774
2775  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2776                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2777                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2778                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2779  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2780                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2781                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2782                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2783                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2784                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2785                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2786  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2787
2788  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2789                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2790                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2791  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2792                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2793                                   Expr *DestExp);
2794  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2795  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2796
2797  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
2798                                CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
2799  StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
2800  void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
2801  RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
2802                                           SourceLocation Loc,
2803                                           unsigned NumParams);
2804  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2805                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2806
2807  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2808  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2809
2810  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2811                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2812                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2813                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2814                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2815                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2816
2817  ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2818                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2819                                       UnqualifiedId &Id,
2820                                       InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
2821                                       bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
2822  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
2823                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
2824  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2825                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
2826                            StringRef AsmString,
2827                            unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
2828                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
2829                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
2830                            ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
2831                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
2832
2833  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2834                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2835                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2836                                  bool Invalid = false);
2837
2838  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2839
2840  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2841                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2842
2843  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2844
2845  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
2846                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
2847
2848  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
2849  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
2850                                  Scope *CurScope);
2851  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
2852                                            Expr *operand);
2853  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
2854                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
2855                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
2856
2857  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2858
2859  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2860                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
2861                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
2862                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
2863
2864  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2865
2866  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
2867                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
2868  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
2869                              MultiStmtArg Handlers);
2870
2871  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
2872                              SourceLocation TryLoc,
2873                              Stmt *TryBlock,
2874                              Stmt *Handler);
2875
2876  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2877                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
2878                                 Stmt *Block);
2879
2880  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2881                                  Stmt *Block);
2882
2883  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
2884
2885  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
2886
2887  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
2888  /// of it.
2889  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
2890
2891  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
2892  /// whose result is unused, warn.
2893  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
2894  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
2895
2896  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
2897  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
2898  ///
2899  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
2900  ///     if (condition);
2901  ///       do_stuff();
2902  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2903                             const Stmt *Body,
2904                             unsigned DiagID);
2905
2906  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
2907  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
2908  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
2909                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
2910
2911  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
2912    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
2913  }
2914  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
2915
2916  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
2917  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
2918    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
2919  }
2920  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
2921    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
2922  }
2923
2924  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
2925
2926  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
2927                              SourceLocation Loc,
2928                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
2929                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
2930
2931  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
2932
2933  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
2934                                     StringRef message);
2935
2936  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2937  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
2938
2939  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
2940  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2941                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
2942  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
2943  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
2944  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
2945                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
2946                                        SourceLocation Loc);
2947  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2948                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
2949
2950  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2951                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
2952                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2953  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
2954  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2955                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
2956                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2957  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
2958
2959  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
2960
2961  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
2962  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
2963
2964  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
2965
2966  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
2967  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
2968  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
2969  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
2970  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
2971  // named expressions.
2972  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
2973  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
2974  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
2975  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
2976  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
2977
2978  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
2979  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
2980
2981  enum TryCaptureKind {
2982    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
2983  };
2984
2985  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
2986  ///
2987  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
2988  ///
2989  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
2990  ///
2991  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
2992  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
2993  ///
2994  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
2995  /// an explicit lambda capture.
2996  ///
2997  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
2998  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
2999  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3000  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3001  ///
3002  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3003  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3004  /// variable can be captured.
3005  ///
3006  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3007  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3008  /// captured.
3009  ///
3010  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3011  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3012  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3013                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3014                          QualType &CaptureType,
3015                          QualType &DeclRefType);
3016
3017  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3018  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3019                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3020                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3021
3022  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3023  /// variable will have in the given scope.
3024  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3025
3026  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3027  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3028                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3029
3030  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3031  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3032  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3033  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3034                            bool ForceComplain = false,
3035                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
3036
3037  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3038  bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3039                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3040
3041  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3042  /// evaluation context.
3043  ///
3044  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3045  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3046  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3047  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3048  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3049                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3050
3051  // Primary Expressions.
3052  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3053
3054  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3055                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3056                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
3057                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3058                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
3059
3060  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3061                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3062                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3063                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3064
3065  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3066                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3067                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
3068                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None);
3069
3070  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3071                                IdentifierInfo *II,
3072                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3073
3074  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3075                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3076                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3077                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
3078                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3079
3080  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3081                              ExprValueKind VK,
3082                              SourceLocation Loc,
3083                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
3084  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3085                              ExprValueKind VK,
3086                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3087                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
3088                              NamedDecl *FoundD = 0);
3089  ExprResult
3090  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3091                                           SourceLocation nameLoc,
3092                                           IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3093                                           Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
3094                                      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3095  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3096                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3097                                             LookupResult &R,
3098                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3099  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3100                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3101                                     LookupResult &R,
3102                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3103                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3104  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3105                                  const LookupResult &R,
3106                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
3107
3108  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3109                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3110                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
3111  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3112                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3113                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3114                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3115
3116  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3117                                      LookupResult &R,
3118                                      bool NeedsADL);
3119  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3120                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3121                                      NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0);
3122
3123  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3124                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3125                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
3126                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3127                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
3128
3129  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3130  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3131  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3132  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3133  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3134  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3135                                SourceLocation R,
3136                                MultiExprArg Val);
3137
3138  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3139  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3140  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
3141                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3142
3143  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3144                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3145                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3146                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
3147                                       MultiTypeArg ArgTypes,
3148                                       MultiExprArg ArgExprs);
3149  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3150                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3151                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3152                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
3153                                        TypeSourceInfo **Types,
3154                                        Expr **Exprs,
3155                                        unsigned NumAssocs);
3156
3157  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3158  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3159                                  Expr *InputExpr);
3160  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3161                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3162  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3163                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3164
3165  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3166                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
3167                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3168                                            SourceRange R);
3169  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3170                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3171  ExprResult
3172    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3173                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3174                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3175                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3176
3177  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3178  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3179
3180  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3181  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3182                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
3183                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3184  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3185                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3186                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
3187                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3188                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3189  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3190                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3191
3192  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3193                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3194  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3195                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3196
3197  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3198                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3199                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3200                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3201                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3202                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3203                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3204
3205  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3206  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3207  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3208  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3209  // defines a custom operator->).
3210  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3211    Scope *S;
3212    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3213    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3214    bool HasTrailingLParen;
3215  };
3216
3217  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3218                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3219                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3220                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3221                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3222                                      LookupResult &R,
3223                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3224                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3225                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
3226
3227  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3228  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3229                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3230                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3231                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3232                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3233
3234  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3235                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3236                                     const LookupResult &R);
3237
3238  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3239                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3240                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3241                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3242                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3243                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3244                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3245
3246  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3247                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3248                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3249                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3250                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3251                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3252                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3253                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3254
3255  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3256  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3257                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3258                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3259                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3260                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3261                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3262  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3263                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3264                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3265
3266  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3267  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3268  /// locations.
3269  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3270                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3271                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3272  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3273                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3274                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3275                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3276                                   Expr *Config = 0,
3277                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3278
3279  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3280                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3281                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3282
3283  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3284                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3285                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3286  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3287                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3288                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3289                                 Expr *Op);
3290  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3291
3292  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3293  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3294                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3295                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3296
3297  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3298
3299  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3300                                  ParsedType Ty,
3301                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3302                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3303
3304  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3305                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3306                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3307                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3308
3309  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3310                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3311                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3312
3313  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3314                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3315                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3316                                        ExprResult Init);
3317
3318  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3319                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3320  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3321                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3322  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3323                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3324
3325  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3326  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3327  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3328                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3329                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3330
3331  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3332  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3333                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3334
3335  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3336  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3337                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3338  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3339
3340  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3341  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3342    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3343    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3344    union {
3345      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3346      Expr *E;
3347    } U;
3348  };
3349
3350  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3351  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3352                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3353                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3354                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3355                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3356  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3357                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3358                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3359                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3360                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3361                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3362                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3363
3364  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3365  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3366                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3367                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3368
3369  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3370  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3371                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3372  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3373                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3374
3375  // __null
3376  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3377
3378  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3379
3380  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3381  enum IfExistsResult {
3382    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3383    IER_Exists,
3384
3385    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3386    IER_DoesNotExist,
3387
3388    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3389    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3390    IER_Dependent,
3391
3392    /// \brief An error occurred.
3393    IER_Error
3394  };
3395
3396  IfExistsResult
3397  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3398                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3399
3400  IfExistsResult
3401  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3402                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3403                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3404
3405  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3406                                        bool IsIfExists,
3407                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3408                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3409                                        Stmt *Nested);
3410  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3411                                        bool IsIfExists,
3412                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3413                                        Stmt *Nested);
3414
3415  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3416
3417  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3418  /// started.
3419  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3420
3421  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3422  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3423  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3424                           Scope *CurScope);
3425
3426  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3427  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3428  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3429
3430  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3431  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3432  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3433                                Scope *CurScope);
3434
3435  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3436
3437  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3438  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3439                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3440                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3441
3442  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3443
3444  // Act on C++ namespaces
3445  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3446                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3447                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3448                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3449                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3450                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3451  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3452
3453  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3454  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3455
3456  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3457
3458  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3459  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3460  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3461
3462  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3463  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3464  ///
3465  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3466  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3467
3468  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3469  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3470  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3471
3472  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3473                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3474                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3475                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3476                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3477                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3478                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3479
3480  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3481
3482  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3483                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3484                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3485                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3486                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3487                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3488                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3489
3490  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3491  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3492                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
3493  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3494                                        NamedDecl *Target);
3495
3496  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3497                                   bool isTypeName,
3498                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3499                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3500                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3501  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3502                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3503                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3504
3505  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3506                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3507                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3508                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3509                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3510                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3511                                   bool IsTypeName,
3512                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3513
3514  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3515
3516  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3517                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3518                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3519                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3520                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3521                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3522                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3523                              bool IsTypeName,
3524                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3525  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3526                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3527                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3528                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3529                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3530                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3531                              TypeResult Type);
3532
3533  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3534  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3535  ///
3536  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3537  ExprResult
3538  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3539                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3540                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
3541                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3542                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3543
3544  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3545  // the constructor can be elidable?
3546  ExprResult
3547  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3548                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3549                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3550                        bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3551                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3552
3553  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3554  /// the default expr if needed.
3555  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3556                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3557                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3558
3559  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3560  /// constructed variable.
3561  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3562
3563  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3564  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3565  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3566    // Pointer to allow copying
3567    Sema *Self;
3568    // We order exception specifications thus:
3569    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3570    // throw() comes next.
3571    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3572    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3573    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3574    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3575    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3576    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3577
3578    void ClearExceptions() {
3579      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3580      Exceptions.clear();
3581    }
3582
3583  public:
3584    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3585      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3586      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3587        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3588    }
3589
3590    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3591    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3592      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3593             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3594      return ComputedEST;
3595    }
3596
3597    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3598    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3599
3600    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3601    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3602
3603    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3604    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3605
3606    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3607    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3608
3609    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3610    /// computed exception specification.
3611    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3612      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3613      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3614        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3615        EPI.Exceptions = data();
3616      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3617        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3618        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3619        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3620        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3621        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3622                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
3623      }
3624    }
3625    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3626      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3627      getEPI(EPI);
3628      return EPI;
3629    }
3630  };
3631
3632  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3633  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3634  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3635  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3636                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3637
3638  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3639  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3640  /// will be const.
3641  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3642  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3643
3644  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3645  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3646  /// parameter will be const.
3647  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3648  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3649
3650  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3651  /// constructor of a class will have.
3652  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3653  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3654
3655  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3656  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3657  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3658  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3659
3660  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3661  /// destructor of a class will have.
3662  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3663  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3664
3665  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
3666  /// constructor of a class will have.
3667  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3668  ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3669
3670  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3671  /// special member function.
3672  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3673
3674  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3675  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3676  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3677                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3678                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3679                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3680                                   SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3681                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3682
3683  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3684  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3685  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3686                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3687
3688  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3689  ///
3690  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3691  /// default constructor will be added.
3692  ///
3693  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3694  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3695                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3696
3697  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3698  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3699  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3700                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3701
3702  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3703  ///
3704  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3705  /// destructor will be added.
3706  ///
3707  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3708  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3709
3710  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3711  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3712  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3713                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3714
3715  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3716  ///
3717  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3718  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3719  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3720                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3721
3722  /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
3723  ///
3724  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
3725  /// constructors will be added.
3726  void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3727
3728  /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
3729  void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
3730                                   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3731
3732  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3733  ///
3734  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3735  /// copy constructor will be added.
3736  ///
3737  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3738  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3739
3740  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3741  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3742  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3743                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3744
3745  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3746  ///
3747  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3748  /// move constructor will be added.
3749  ///
3750  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3751  /// declared.
3752  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3753
3754  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3755  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3756  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3757                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3758
3759  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3760  ///
3761  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3762  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3763  ///
3764  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3765  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3766
3767  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3768  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3769                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3770
3771  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3772  ///
3773  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3774  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3775  ///
3776  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3777  /// wasn't declared.
3778  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3779
3780  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3781  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3782                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3783
3784  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3785  /// class.
3786  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3787
3788  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3789  /// special member function.
3790  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3791
3792  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3793  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3794  ///
3795  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3796  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3797
3798  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3799  /// member function.
3800  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3801
3802  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3803  /// static member function.
3804  ///
3805  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3806  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3807
3808  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3809  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3810  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3811  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3812
3813  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3814                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3815                               SourceLocation Loc,
3816                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3817                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
3818                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
3819
3820  ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3821                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3822                                          IdentifierInfo &Name);
3823
3824  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3825                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
3826                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3827                               ParsedType ObjectType,
3828                               bool EnteringContext);
3829
3830  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
3831
3832  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
3833  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
3834                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
3835
3836  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
3837  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3838                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3839                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
3840                               Declarator &D,
3841                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
3842                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3843                               Expr *E,
3844                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3845
3846  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3847                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3848                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3849                               Expr *E,
3850                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
3851                               SourceRange Parens);
3852
3853  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3854                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3855                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3856                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3857  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3858                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3859                            Expr *Operand,
3860                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3861
3862  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
3863  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3864                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3865                            void *TyOrExpr,
3866                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3867
3868  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3869                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3870                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3871                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3872  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3873                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3874                            Expr *Operand,
3875                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3876
3877  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
3878  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3879                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3880                            void *TyOrExpr,
3881                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3882
3883
3884  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
3885  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
3886
3887  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
3888  ///
3889  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
3890  QualType getCurrentThisType();
3891
3892  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
3893  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
3894  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
3895  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
3896
3897  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
3898  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
3899  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
3900    Sema &S;
3901    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
3902    bool Enabled;
3903
3904  public:
3905    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
3906    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
3907    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
3908    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
3909    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
3910                     bool Enabled = true);
3911
3912    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
3913  };
3914
3915  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
3916  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
3917  ///
3918  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
3919  ///
3920  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
3921  /// capture list.
3922  void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
3923
3924  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
3925  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
3926  /// being defined.
3927  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
3928
3929  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
3930  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3931
3932
3933  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
3934  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3935
3936  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
3937  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
3938
3939  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
3940  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
3941  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
3942                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3943  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
3944                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3945
3946  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
3947  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
3948  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
3949  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
3950  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
3951                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3952                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3953                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3954
3955  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
3956                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3957                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3958                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3959
3960  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
3961  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
3962                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3963                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3964                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3965                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
3966                         Expr *Initializer);
3967  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
3968                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3969                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3970                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3971                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
3972                         QualType AllocType,
3973                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
3974                         Expr *ArraySize,
3975                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
3976                         Expr *Initializer,
3977                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
3978
3979  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
3980                          SourceRange R);
3981  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3982                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
3983                               Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs,
3984                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
3985                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
3986  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3987                              DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
3988                              DeclContext *Ctx,
3989                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
3990                              bool Diagnose = true);
3991  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
3992  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
3993                                       QualType Argument,
3994                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
3995
3996  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
3997                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
3998                                bool Diagnose = true);
3999
4000  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4001  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4002                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4003                            Expr *Operand);
4004
4005  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4006  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4007                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4008                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
4009
4010  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4011                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4012  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4013                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4014
4015  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4016  /// pseudo-functions.
4017  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4018                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4019                                 ParsedType Ty,
4020                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4021
4022  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4023                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4024                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
4025                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4026
4027  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4028  /// pseudo-functions.
4029  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
4030                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4031                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
4032                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
4033                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4034
4035  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
4036                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4037                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
4038                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
4039                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4040
4041  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4042  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4043                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4044                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4045  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4046                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4047                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4048
4049  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4050  /// pseudo-functions.
4051  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4052                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4053                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
4054                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4055                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4056
4057  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4058                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4059                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4060                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4061                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4062
4063  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4064  /// pseudo-functions.
4065  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4066                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4067                                  Expr *Queried,
4068                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4069
4070  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4071                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4072                                  Expr *Queried,
4073                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4074
4075  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4076                                          Expr *Base,
4077                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
4078                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4079                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
4080                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4081
4082  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
4083
4084  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4085                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4086                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4087                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4088                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4089                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4090                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4091                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
4092                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4093
4094  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4095                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4096                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4097                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4098                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4099                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4100                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4101                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4102                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4103
4104  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4105                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4106                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4107                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4108                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
4109                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4110
4111  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4112  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4113  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4114  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4115  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4116  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4117
4118  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4119    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4120                                          : SourceLocation());
4121  }
4122  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4123                                 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4124                                 bool IsConstexpr = false);
4125  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4126
4127  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4128  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4129
4130  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4131  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4132                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
4133  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4134  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4135  bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4136
4137  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4138  ///
4139  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4140  ///
4141  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4142  ///
4143  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4144  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4145  ///
4146  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4147  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
4148                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4149
4150  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
4151  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4152
4153  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4154                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4155                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
4156                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
4157
4158  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4159                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4160                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4161                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4162                                   QualType ObjectType,
4163                                   bool EnteringContext,
4164                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4165                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4166                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
4167
4168  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4169  ///
4170  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4171  ///
4172  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4173  ///
4174  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4175  ///
4176  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4177  ///
4178  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4179  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4180  ///
4181  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4182  /// this nested-name-specifier.
4183  ///
4184  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4185  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4186  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4187  /// including this new type).
4188  ///
4189  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4190  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4191                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4192                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4193                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4194                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4195                                   bool EnteringContext,
4196                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4197
4198  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4199
4200  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4201                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
4202                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4203
4204  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4205                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4206                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4207                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4208                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4209                                 bool EnteringContext);
4210
4211  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4212  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4213  ///
4214  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4215  ///
4216  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4217  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4218  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4219  /// including this new type).
4220  ///
4221  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4222  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4223  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4224  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4225  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4226  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4227  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4228  ///
4229  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4230  /// nested-name-specifier.
4231  ///
4232  ///
4233  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4234  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4235                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4236                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4237                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4238                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4239                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4240                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4241                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4242                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4243                                   bool EnteringContext);
4244
4245  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4246  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4247  /// nested-name-specifier.
4248  ///
4249  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4250  ///
4251  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4252  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4253  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4254
4255  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4256  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4257  ///
4258  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4259  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4260  ///
4261  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4262  ///
4263  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4264  /// of the annotation pointer.
4265  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4266                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4267                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4268
4269  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4270
4271  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4272  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4273  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4274  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4275  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4276  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4277  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4278
4279  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4280  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4281  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4282  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4283  /// defining scope.
4284  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4285
4286  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4287  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4288  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4289  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4290  /// class X.
4291  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4292
4293  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4294  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4295  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4296
4297  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4298  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4299                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4300                                         bool KnownDependent);
4301
4302  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4303  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4304                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4305                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4306                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4307                                       ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4308
4309  /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
4310  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4311                                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4312                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4313                                          bool ExplicitParams,
4314                                          bool ExplicitResultType,
4315                                          bool Mutable);
4316
4317  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4318  /// given lambda.
4319  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4320
4321  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4322  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4323
4324  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4325  /// statements present in the body.
4326  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4327
4328  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4329  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4330  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4331  /// lambda.
4332  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4333                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4334
4335  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4336  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4337  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4338                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4339
4340  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4341  /// was successfully completed.
4342  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4343                             Scope *CurScope,
4344                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4345
4346  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4347  /// function pointer.
4348  ///
4349  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4350  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4351  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4352  /// block pointer conversion.
4353  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4354         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4355
4356  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4357  /// block pointer.
4358  ///
4359  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4360  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4361  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4362  /// block pointer conversion.
4363  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4364                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4365
4366  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4367                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4368                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4369                                           Expr *Src);
4370
4371  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4372  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4373                                    Expr **Strings,
4374                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4375
4376  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4377
4378  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4379  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4380  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4381  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4382  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4383                                  bool Value);
4384  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4385
4386  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4387  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4388  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4389  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4390  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4391  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4392
4393  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4394                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4395                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4396                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4397
4398  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4399                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4400                                        unsigned NumElements);
4401
4402  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4403                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4404                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4405  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4406                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4407                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4408
4409  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4410                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4411                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4412                                       ParsedType Ty,
4413                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4414
4415  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4416  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4417                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4418                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4419                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4420                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4421
4422  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4423  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4424                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4425                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4426                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4427                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4428                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4429
4430  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4431  // C++ Declarations
4432  //
4433  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4434                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4435                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
4436                                       StringRef Lang,
4437                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4438  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4439                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4440                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4441
4442
4443  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4444  // C++ Classes
4445  //
4446  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4447                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4448
4449  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4450                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4451                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4452                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4453
4454  NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4455                                 Declarator &D,
4456                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4457                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4458                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4459  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4460                                        Expr *Init);
4461
4462  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4463                                    Scope *S,
4464                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4465                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4466                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4467                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4468                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4469                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4470                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4471                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4472                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4473
4474  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4475                                    Scope *S,
4476                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4477                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4478                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4479                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4480                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4481                                    Expr *InitList,
4482                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4483
4484  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4485                                    Scope *S,
4486                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4487                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4488                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4489                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4490                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4491                                    Expr *Init,
4492                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4493
4494  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4495                                       Expr *Init,
4496                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4497
4498  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4499                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4500                                     Expr *Init,
4501                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4502                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4503
4504  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4505                                           Expr *Init,
4506                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4507
4508  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4509                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4510
4511  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
4512                           ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
4513
4514  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4515
4516
4517  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4518  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4519  /// referenced.
4520  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4521                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4522
4523  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4524  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4525  /// first use occurred.
4526  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4527
4528  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4529  /// materialized.
4530  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4531
4532  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4533  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4534  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4535  /// by code generation).
4536  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4537
4538  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4539  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4540
4541  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4542                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4543    DynamicClassesType;
4544
4545  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4546  /// unit.
4547  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4548
4549  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4550  /// given location.
4551  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4552                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4553
4554  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4555  /// in the given class as needed.
4556  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4557                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4558
4559  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4560  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4561  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4562                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4563
4564  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4565  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4566  /// vtables.
4567  ///
4568  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4569  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4570
4571  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4572
4573  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4574                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4575                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
4576                            bool AnyErrors);
4577
4578  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4579  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4580                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4581                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4582                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4583                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4584  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4585
4586  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4587  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4588  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4589  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4590  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4591  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4592  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4593  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4594  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true);
4595  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4596
4597  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4598                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4599                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4600                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4601  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4602                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4603                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4604                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4605                                     bool Failed);
4606
4607  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4608                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4609                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4610  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4611                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4612  NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4613                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4614
4615  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4616                                      StorageClass& SC);
4617  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4618  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4619                                     StorageClass& SC);
4620  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4621  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4622                                 StorageClass& SC);
4623  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4624
4625  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4626  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4627                                                   const FunctionProtoType *T);
4628  void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs();
4629
4630  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4631  // C++ Derived Classes
4632  //
4633
4634  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4635  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4636                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4637                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4638                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4639                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4640
4641  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4642                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4643                                ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
4644                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4645                                ParsedType basetype,
4646                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4647                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4648
4649  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4650                            unsigned NumBases);
4651  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4652                           unsigned NumBases);
4653
4654  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4655  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4656
4657  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4658  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4659
4660  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4661
4662  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4663                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4664                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4665                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4666  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4667                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4668                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4669                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4670                                    DeclarationName Name,
4671                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4672
4673  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4674
4675  bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4676                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4677
4678  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4679  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4680  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4681                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4682
4683  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4684  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4685  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4686                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4687
4688  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4689
4690  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4691  void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D);
4692
4693  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4694  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4695  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4696  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4697                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4698
4699
4700  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4701  // C++ Access Control
4702  //
4703
4704  enum AccessResult {
4705    AR_accessible,
4706    AR_inaccessible,
4707    AR_dependent,
4708    AR_delayed
4709  };
4710
4711  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4712                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4713                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4714
4715  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4716                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4717  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4718                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4719  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4720                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4721                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4722                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4723                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4724  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4725                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4726                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4727                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4728                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4729  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4730                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4731                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4732                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4733                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4734  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4735                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4736                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4737                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4738  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4739  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4740                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4741                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4742                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4743  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4744                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4745  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4746                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4747                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4748                                    unsigned DiagID,
4749                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4750                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4751  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4752  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4753  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4754                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4755                                            QualType objectType);
4756
4757  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4758                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4759  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4760                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4761
4762  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4763
4764  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4765  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4766  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4767
4768  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4769    AbstractNone = -1,
4770    AbstractReturnType,
4771    AbstractParamType,
4772    AbstractVariableType,
4773    AbstractFieldType,
4774    AbstractIvarType,
4775    AbstractArrayType
4776  };
4777
4778  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4779                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
4780  template<typename T1>
4781  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4782                              unsigned DiagID,
4783                              const T1 &Arg1) {
4784    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
4785    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4786  }
4787
4788  template<typename T1, typename T2>
4789  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4790                              unsigned DiagID,
4791                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
4792    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
4793    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4794  }
4795
4796  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
4797  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4798                              unsigned DiagID,
4799                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
4800    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
4801    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4802  }
4803
4804  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4805
4806  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
4807                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
4808
4809  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4810  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
4811  //
4812
4813  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4814
4815  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4816
4817  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4818  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
4819  //
4820  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4821                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4822  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4823                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4824
4825  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4826                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
4827                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4828
4829  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
4830                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4831                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
4832                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
4833                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4834                                  bool EnteringContext,
4835                                  TemplateTy &Template,
4836                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4837
4838  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
4839                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
4840                                   Scope *S,
4841                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4842                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
4843                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
4844
4845  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
4846  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
4847
4848  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
4849                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4850                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4851                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4852                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4853                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
4854                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4855                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
4856
4857  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
4858  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4859                                      unsigned Depth,
4860                                      unsigned Position,
4861                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4862                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
4863  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
4864                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
4865                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
4866                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4867                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4868                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4869                                       unsigned Depth,
4870                                       unsigned Position,
4871                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4872                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
4873
4874  TemplateParameterList *
4875  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
4876                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
4877                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4878                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4879                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
4880                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4881
4882  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter
4883  /// list.
4884  enum TemplateParamListContext {
4885    TPC_ClassTemplate,
4886    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
4887    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
4888    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
4889    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
4890    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
4891  };
4892
4893  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
4894                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
4895                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
4896  TemplateParameterList *
4897  MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
4898                                          SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4899                                          const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4900                                          TemplateParameterList **ParamLists,
4901                                          unsigned NumParamLists,
4902                                          bool IsFriend,
4903                                          bool &IsExplicitSpecialization,
4904                                          bool &Invalid);
4905
4906  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4907                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4908                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4909                                AttributeList *Attr,
4910                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
4911                                AccessSpecifier AS,
4912                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4913                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
4914                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
4915
4916  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
4917                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
4918
4919  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
4920
4921  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
4922                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4923                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
4924
4925  TypeResult
4926  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4927                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4928                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4929                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4930                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4931                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
4932
4933  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
4934  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
4935  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
4936                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
4937                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
4938                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4939                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4940                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
4941                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4942                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4943                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
4944                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4945
4946
4947  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4948                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4949                                 LookupResult &R,
4950                                 bool RequiresADL,
4951                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4952
4953  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4954                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4955                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4956                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4957
4958  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
4959                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4960                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4961                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
4962                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
4963                                              bool EnteringContext,
4964                                              TemplateTy &Template);
4965
4966  DeclResult
4967  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4968                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4969                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4970                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4971                                   TemplateTy Template,
4972                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4973                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4974                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4975                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4976                                   AttributeList *Attr,
4977                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
4978
4979  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
4980                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4981                                Declarator &D);
4982
4983  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
4984                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4985                                        Declarator &D);
4986
4987  bool
4988  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
4989                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
4990                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
4991                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
4992                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
4993                                         bool &SuppressNew);
4994
4995  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
4996                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4997                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
4998
4999  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5000                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5001                                           LookupResult &Previous);
5002  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5003
5004  DeclResult
5005  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5006                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5007                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5008                             unsigned TagSpec,
5009                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5010                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5011                             TemplateTy Template,
5012                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5013                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5014                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5015                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5016                             AttributeList *Attr);
5017
5018  DeclResult
5019  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5020                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5021                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5022                             unsigned TagSpec,
5023                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5024                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5025                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
5026                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
5027                             AttributeList *Attr);
5028
5029  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5030                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5031                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5032                                        Declarator &D);
5033
5034  TemplateArgumentLoc
5035  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5036                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5037                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5038                                          Decl *Param,
5039                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5040
5041  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5042  /// argument is being checked.
5043  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5044    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5045    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5046    CTAK_Specified,
5047
5048    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5049    /// deduction.
5050    CTAK_Deduced,
5051
5052    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5053    /// via template argument deduction.
5054    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5055  };
5056
5057  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5058                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5059                             NamedDecl *Template,
5060                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5061                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5062                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5063                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5064                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5065
5066  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5067  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5068  ///
5069  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5070  /// provided.
5071  ///
5072  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5073  ///
5074  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5075  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5076  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5077  /// arguments.
5078  ///
5079  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5080  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5081  /// set of template arguments.
5082  ///
5083  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5084  /// arguments.
5085  ///
5086  ///
5087  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
5088  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
5089  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
5090  ///
5091  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5092  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5093                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5094                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5095                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5096                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5097                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
5098
5099  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5100                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5101                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5102
5103  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5104                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5105  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5106                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5107                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
5108                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5109  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5110                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5111                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5112
5113  ExprResult
5114  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5115                                          QualType ParamType,
5116                                          SourceLocation Loc);
5117  ExprResult
5118  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5119                                              SourceLocation Loc);
5120
5121  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5122  /// for equality.
5123  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5124    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5125    /// that might be redeclarations.
5126    ///
5127    /// \code
5128    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5129    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5130    /// \endcode
5131    TPL_TemplateMatch,
5132
5133    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5134    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5135    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5136    ///
5137    /// \code
5138    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5139    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5140    /// \endcode
5141    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5142
5143    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5144    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5145    /// template parameter.
5146    ///
5147    /// \code
5148    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5149    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5150    /// X<integer_c> xic;
5151    /// \endcode
5152    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5153  };
5154
5155  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5156                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
5157                                      bool Complain,
5158                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5159                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5160                                        = SourceLocation());
5161
5162  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5163
5164  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5165  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5166  ///
5167  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5168  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5169  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5170  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5171  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5172  TypeResult
5173  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5174                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5175                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
5176
5177  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5178  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5179  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5180  ///
5181  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5182  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5183  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5184  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5185  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5186  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5187  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5188  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5189  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5190  TypeResult
5191  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5192                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5193                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5194                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5195                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5196                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5197                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5198                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5199
5200  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5201                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5202                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5203                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
5204                             SourceLocation IILoc);
5205
5206  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5207                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5208                                                    DeclarationName Name);
5209  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5210
5211  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5212  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5213                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5214
5215  std::string
5216  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5217                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5218
5219  std::string
5220  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5221                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5222                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5223
5224  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5225  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5226  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5227
5228  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5229  /// being diagnosed.
5230  ///
5231  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5232  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5233  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5234    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5235    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5236
5237    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5238    UPPC_BaseType,
5239
5240    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5241    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5242
5243    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5244    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5245
5246    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5247    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5248
5249    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5250    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5251
5252    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5253    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5254
5255    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5256    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5257
5258    /// \brief A using declaration.
5259    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5260
5261    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5262    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5263
5264    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5265    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5266
5267    /// \brief An initializer.
5268    UPPC_Initializer,
5269
5270    /// \brief A default argument.
5271    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5272
5273    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5274    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5275
5276    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5277    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5278
5279    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5280    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5281
5282    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5283    UPPC_IfExists,
5284
5285    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5286    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5287
5288    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5289    UPPC_Lambda,
5290
5291    /// \brief Block expression,
5292    UPPC_Block
5293};
5294
5295  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5296  ///
5297  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5298  ///
5299  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5300  /// parameter packs.
5301  ///
5302  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5303  ///
5304  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5305  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5306                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5307                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5308
5309  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5310  /// diagnose the error.
5311  ///
5312  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5313  ///
5314  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5315  /// packs.
5316  ///
5317  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5318  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5319                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5320
5321  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5322  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5323  ///
5324  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5325  /// parameter packs.
5326  ///
5327  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5328  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5329                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5330
5331  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5332  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5333  ///
5334  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5335  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5336  ///
5337  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5338  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5339                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5340
5341  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5342  /// diagnose the error.
5343  ///
5344  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5345  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5346  ///
5347  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5348  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5349                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5350
5351  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5352  /// diagnose the error.
5353  ///
5354  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5355  ///
5356  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5357  /// parameter packs.
5358  ///
5359  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5360  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5361                                       TemplateName Template,
5362                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5363
5364  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5365  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5366  ///
5367  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5368  /// parameter packs.
5369  ///
5370  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5371  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5372                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5373
5374  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5375  /// template argument.
5376  ///
5377  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5378  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5379  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5380                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5381
5382  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5383  /// template argument.
5384  ///
5385  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5386  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5387  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5388                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5389
5390  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5391  /// type.
5392  ///
5393  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5394  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5395  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5396                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5397
5398  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5399  /// type.
5400  ///
5401  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5402  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5403  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5404                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5405
5406  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5407  /// nested-name-specifier.
5408  ///
5409  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5410  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5411  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5412                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5413
5414  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5415  /// name.
5416  ///
5417  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5418  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5419  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5420                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5421
5422  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5423  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5424  ///
5425  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5426  /// may already be invalid.
5427  ///
5428  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5429  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5430                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5431
5432  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5433  /// creates a pack expansion.
5434  ///
5435  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5436  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5437  ///
5438  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5439  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5440
5441  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5442  /// expansion.
5443  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5444                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5445                                     Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5446
5447  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5448  /// expansion.
5449  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5450                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5451                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5452                              Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5453
5454  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5455  /// creates a pack expansion.
5456  ///
5457  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5458  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5459  ///
5460  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5461  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5462
5463  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5464  /// creates a pack expansion.
5465  ///
5466  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5467  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5468  ///
5469  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5470  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5471                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5472
5473  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5474  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5475  /// transforming the pattern.
5476  ///
5477  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5478  /// pack expansion.
5479  ///
5480  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5481  /// the pack expansion.
5482  ///
5483  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5484  /// pattern.
5485  ///
5486  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5487  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5488  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5489  ///
5490  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5491  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5492  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5493  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5494  ///
5495  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5496  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5497  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5498  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5499  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5500  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5501  /// set this value in other cases.
5502  ///
5503  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5504  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5505  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5506  /// must be set.
5507  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5508                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5509                             ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5510                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5511                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5512                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5513                                       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5514
5515  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5516  /// type.
5517  ///
5518  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5519  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5520  ///
5521  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5522  Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5523      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5524
5525  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5526  /// parameter packs.
5527  ///
5528  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5529  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5530  ///
5531  /// \code
5532  ///   void f(T...);
5533  /// \endcode
5534  ///
5535  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5536  /// a variadic function.
5537  ///
5538  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5539  /// false otherwise.
5540  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5541
5542  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5543  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5544  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5545
5546  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5547  ///
5548  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5549  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5550  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5551  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5552  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5553  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5554  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5555  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5556    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5557    TDK_Success = 0,
5558    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5559    TDK_Invalid,
5560    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5561    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5562    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5563    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5564    /// for every template parameter.
5565    TDK_Incomplete,
5566    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5567    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5568    TDK_Inconsistent,
5569    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5570    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5571    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5572    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5573    TDK_Underqualified,
5574    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5575    /// resulted in an error.
5576    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5577    /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
5578    /// corresponding component of the argument.
5579    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5580    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5581    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5582    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5583    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5584    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5585    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5586    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5587    /// template arguments for the given template.
5588    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5589    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5590    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5591    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
5592    /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
5593    TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
5594  };
5595
5596  TemplateDeductionResult
5597  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5598                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5599                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5600
5601  TemplateDeductionResult
5602  SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5603                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5604                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5605                                 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5606                                      QualType *FunctionType,
5607                                      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5608
5609  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5610  // deduction for a call.
5611  struct OriginalCallArg {
5612    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5613                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5614                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5615      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5616        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5617
5618    QualType OriginalParamType;
5619    unsigned ArgIdx;
5620    QualType OriginalArgType;
5621  };
5622
5623  TemplateDeductionResult
5624  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5625                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5626                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5627                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5628                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5629           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5630
5631  TemplateDeductionResult
5632  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5633                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5634                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5635                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5636                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5637
5638  TemplateDeductionResult
5639  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5640                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5641                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5642                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5643                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5644                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5645
5646  TemplateDeductionResult
5647  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5648                          QualType ToType,
5649                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5650                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5651
5652  TemplateDeductionResult
5653  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5654                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5655                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5656                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5657                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5658
5659  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5660  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5661    DAR_Succeeded,
5662    DAR_Failed,
5663    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5664  };
5665
5666  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5667                                  QualType &Result);
5668  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
5669                                  QualType &Result);
5670  QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
5671  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5672  bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
5673                        bool Diagnose = true);
5674
5675  bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
5676                                        SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
5677                                        Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
5678
5679  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5680                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5681                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5682                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5683                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments);
5684  UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin,
5685                                           UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5686                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5687                                           unsigned NumCallArguments,
5688                                           SourceLocation Loc,
5689                                           const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5690                                           const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5691                                        const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5692                                        bool Complain = true,
5693                                        QualType TargetType = QualType());
5694
5695  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5696  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5697                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5698                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5699                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5700
5701  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5702                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5703                                  unsigned Depth,
5704                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5705  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
5706                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5707                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5708    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5709  }
5710  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5711                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5712                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5713
5714  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5715  // C++ Template Instantiation
5716  //
5717
5718  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5719                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5720                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5721                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5722
5723  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5724  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5725    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5726    enum InstantiationKind {
5727      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5728      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5729      TemplateInstantiation,
5730
5731      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5732      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5733      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5734      /// arguments as specified.
5735      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5736      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5737
5738      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5739      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5740      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5741      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5742
5743      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5744      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5745      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5746
5747      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5748      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5749      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5750      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5751      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5752      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5753
5754      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
5755      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
5756      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
5757      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5758
5759      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
5760      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
5761      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
5762
5763      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
5764      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
5765      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
5766    } Kind;
5767
5768    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
5769    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
5770
5771    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
5772    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
5773    /// arguments.
5774    NamedDecl *Template;
5775
5776    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
5777    Decl *Entity;
5778
5779    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
5780    /// are not part of the entity.
5781    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
5782
5783    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
5784    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
5785
5786    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
5787    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
5788    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
5789
5790    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
5791    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
5792    /// template instantiation.
5793    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
5794
5795    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
5796      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
5797        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
5798
5799    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
5800    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
5801    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
5802
5803    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5804                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5805      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
5806        return false;
5807
5808      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
5809        return false;
5810
5811      switch (X.Kind) {
5812      case TemplateInstantiation:
5813      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
5814        return true;
5815
5816      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5817      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
5818        if (X.Template != Y.Template)
5819          return false;
5820
5821        // Fall through
5822
5823      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
5824      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5825      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5826      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
5827        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5828
5829      }
5830
5831      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
5832    }
5833
5834    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5835                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5836      return !(X == Y);
5837    }
5838  };
5839
5840  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
5841  ///
5842  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
5843  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
5844  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
5845  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
5846  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
5847    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
5848
5849  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
5850  /// template instantiation.
5851  ///
5852  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
5853  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
5854  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5855
5856  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
5857  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
5858  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
5859  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
5860
5861  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
5862  /// error or warning was produced.
5863  ///
5864  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
5865  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
5866  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
5867  /// to implement it anywhere else.
5868  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
5869
5870  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
5871  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
5872  ///
5873  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
5874  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
5875  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
5876  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
5877
5878  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
5879  /// within a \c Sema object.
5880  ///
5881  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
5882  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
5883    Sema &Self;
5884    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
5885
5886  public:
5887    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
5888      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
5889      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
5890    }
5891
5892    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
5893      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
5894    }
5895  };
5896
5897  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
5898
5899  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
5900  ///
5901  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
5902  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
5903  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
5904
5905  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
5906  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
5907  /// deduction.
5908  ///
5909  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
5910  llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
5911    SuppressedDiagnostics;
5912
5913  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
5914  /// instantiation.
5915  ///
5916  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
5917  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
5918  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
5919  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
5920  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
5921  ///
5922  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
5923  /// the stack.
5924  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
5925    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
5926    /// function template, or a member thereof.
5927    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5928                          Decl *Entity,
5929                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5930
5931    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
5932    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
5933    /// of a function template.
5934    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5935                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
5936                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5937
5938    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5939    /// template-id.
5940    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5941                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5942                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5943                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5944
5945    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5946    /// template-id.
5947    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5948                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5949                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5950                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
5951                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5952                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5953
5954    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
5955    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
5956    /// specialization.
5957    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5958                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
5959                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5960                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5961                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5962
5963    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5964                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
5965                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5966                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5967
5968    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
5969    /// non-type or template template parameter.
5970    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5971                          NamedDecl *Template,
5972                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5973                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5974                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5975
5976    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5977                          NamedDecl *Template,
5978                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5979                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5980                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5981
5982    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
5983    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
5984    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5985                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5986                          NamedDecl *Param,
5987                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5988                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5989
5990
5991    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
5992    void Clear();
5993
5994    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
5995
5996    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
5997    /// recursive template instantiations.
5998    operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
5999
6000  private:
6001    Sema &SemaRef;
6002    bool Invalid;
6003    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6004    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6005                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6006
6007    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6008
6009    InstantiatingTemplate&
6010    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6011  };
6012
6013  void PrintInstantiationStack();
6014
6015  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6016  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6017  /// errors.
6018  ///
6019  /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6020  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6021  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6022  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6023  Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6024
6025  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6026  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6027  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6028    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6029           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6030    return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6031  }
6032
6033  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6034  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6035  /// deduction.`
6036  class SFINAETrap {
6037    Sema &SemaRef;
6038    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6039    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6040    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6041
6042  public:
6043    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6044      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6045        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6046                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6047        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6048    {
6049      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6050        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6051      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6052    }
6053
6054    ~SFINAETrap() {
6055      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6056      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6057        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6058      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6059    }
6060
6061    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6062    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6063      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6064    }
6065  };
6066
6067  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6068  /// variables.
6069  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6070
6071  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6072  unsigned TyposCorrected;
6073
6074  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
6075    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
6076
6077  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
6078  /// name lookup.
6079  ///
6080  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
6081  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
6082  /// string represents a keyword.
6083  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
6084
6085  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6086  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6087
6088  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6089  ///
6090  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6091  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6092  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6093  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6094  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6095  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6096  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6097
6098  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6099  /// but have not yet been performed.
6100  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6101
6102  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6103  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6104  ///
6105  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6106  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6107  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6108  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6109  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6110
6111  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6112
6113  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6114                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6115                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6116
6117  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6118                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6119                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6120
6121  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6122                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6123                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6124
6125  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6126                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6127                                        SourceLocation Loc,
6128                                        DeclarationName Entity,
6129                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6130                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6131  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6132                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6133                                int indexAdjustment,
6134                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6135                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
6136  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6137                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6138                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6139                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6140                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
6141  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6142                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6143
6144  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6145  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6146  ///
6147  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6148  ///
6149  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6150  ///
6151  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6152  /// default arguments will be dropped.
6153  ///
6154  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6155  ///
6156  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6157  ///
6158  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6159  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6160                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6161                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6162
6163  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6164                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6165
6166  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6167                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6168
6169  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6170                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6171                       bool CXXDirectInit);
6172
6173  bool
6174  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6175                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6176                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6177
6178  bool
6179  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6180                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6181                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6182                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6183                   bool Complain = true);
6184
6185  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6186                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6187                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6188                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6189
6190  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6191    const Attr *TmplAttr;
6192    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6193    Decl *NewDecl;
6194
6195    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6196                              Decl *D)
6197      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6198    { }
6199  };
6200  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6201
6202  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6203                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6204                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6205                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
6206
6207  bool
6208  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6209                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6210                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6211                           bool Complain = true);
6212
6213  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6214                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6215                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6216                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6217
6218  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6219                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6220                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6221                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6222
6223  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6224  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6225                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6226
6227  DeclarationNameInfo
6228  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6229                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6230  TemplateName
6231  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6232                    SourceLocation Loc,
6233                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6234  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6235             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6236             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6237
6238  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6239                                FunctionDecl *Function);
6240  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6241                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
6242                                     bool Recursive = false,
6243                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6244  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6245                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6246                                     VarDecl *Var,
6247                                     bool Recursive = false,
6248                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6249
6250  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6251                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6252                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6253
6254  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6255                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6256  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6257                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6258
6259  // Objective-C declarations.
6260  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6261    OCK_None = -1,
6262    OCK_Interface = 0,
6263    OCK_Protocol,
6264    OCK_Category,
6265    OCK_ClassExtension,
6266    OCK_Implementation,
6267    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6268  };
6269  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6270
6271  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6272                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6273                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6274                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6275                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6276                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6277                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6278                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6279                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6280                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6281
6282  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6283                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6284                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6285                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6286
6287  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6288    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6289    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6290    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6291
6292  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6293                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6294                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6295                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6296                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6297                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6298                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6299
6300  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6301                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6302                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6303                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6304                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6305                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6306                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6307                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6308                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6309
6310  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6311                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6312                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6313                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6314                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6315
6316  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6317                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6318                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6319                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6320                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6321
6322  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6323                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6324
6325  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6326                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6327                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6328                                     unsigned NumElts);
6329
6330  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6331                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6332                                        unsigned NumElts,
6333                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6334
6335  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6336                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6337                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6338                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6339
6340  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6341  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6342  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6343  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6344                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6345                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6346                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6347
6348  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6349  /// setters and getters as needed.
6350  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6351  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6352  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6353  ///        in class extension.
6354  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6355  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6356                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6357                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6358                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6359
6360
6361  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6362                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6363                                const IdentifierInfo *Name);
6364
6365  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6366                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6367
6368  void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl,
6369                                         ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl);
6370
6371  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6372                   Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0,
6373                   Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0,
6374                   DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0);
6375
6376  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6377                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6378                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6379                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6380                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6381                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6382                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6383
6384  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6385                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6386                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6387                              bool ImplKind,
6388                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6389                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6390                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6391
6392  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6393    OSMK_None,
6394    OSMK_Alloc,
6395    OSMK_New,
6396    OSMK_Copy,
6397    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6398    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6399  };
6400
6401  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6402    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6403    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6404    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6405    // in this case.
6406    ParsedType Type;
6407    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6408
6409    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6410    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6411  };
6412
6413  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6414    Scope *S,
6415    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6416    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6417    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6418    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6419    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6420    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6421    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6422    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6423    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6424    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6425    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6426
6427  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6428                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6429                                              bool IsInstance);
6430  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6431                                           bool IsInstance);
6432
6433  bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
6434  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6435
6436  ExprResult
6437  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6438                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6439                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6440                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6441                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6442                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6443                            bool Super);
6444
6445  ExprResult
6446  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6447                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6448                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6449                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6450
6451  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6452
6453  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6454  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6455  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6456    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6457    ObjCSuperMessage,
6458    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6459    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6460    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6461    /// name.
6462    ObjCClassMessage
6463  };
6464
6465  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6466                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6467                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6468                                     bool IsSuper,
6469                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6470                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6471
6472  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6473                               Selector Sel,
6474                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6475                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6476                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6477                               MultiExprArg Args);
6478
6479  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6480                               QualType ReceiverType,
6481                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6482                               Selector Sel,
6483                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6484                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6485                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6486                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6487                               MultiExprArg Args,
6488                               bool isImplicit = false);
6489
6490  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6491                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6492                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6493                                       Selector Sel,
6494                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6495                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6496
6497  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6498                               ParsedType Receiver,
6499                               Selector Sel,
6500                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6501                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6502                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6503                               MultiExprArg Args);
6504
6505  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6506                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6507                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6508                                  Selector Sel,
6509                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6510                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6511                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6512                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6513                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6514                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6515
6516  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6517                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6518                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6519                                          Selector Sel,
6520                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6521                                          MultiExprArg Args);
6522
6523  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6524                                  Expr *Receiver,
6525                                  Selector Sel,
6526                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6527                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6528                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6529                                  MultiExprArg Args);
6530
6531  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6532                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6533                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6534                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6535                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6536
6537  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6538                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6539                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6540                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6541                                  ParsedType Type,
6542                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6543                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6544
6545  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6546
6547  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6548  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6549  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6550                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
6551
6552  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6553  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6554    RTC_Compatible,
6555    RTC_Incompatible,
6556    RTC_Unknown
6557  };
6558
6559  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6560                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6561                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6562
6563  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6564    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6565    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6566    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6567    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6568    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6569    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6570  };
6571
6572  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6573  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6574                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6575
6576  enum PragmaPackKind {
6577    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6578    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6579    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6580    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6581  };
6582
6583  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6584    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6585    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6586  };
6587
6588  enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
6589    PCK_Unknown,
6590    PCK_Linker,   // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
6591    PCK_Lib,      // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
6592    PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
6593    PCK_ExeStr,   // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
6594    PCK_User      // #pragma comment(user, ...)
6595  };
6596
6597  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6598  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6599                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
6600                       Expr *Alignment,
6601                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6602                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6603                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6604
6605  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6606  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6607
6608  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
6609  void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
6610
6611  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6612  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6613                         Scope *curScope,
6614                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6615
6616  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6617  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6618                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6619
6620  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6621                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6622  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6623
6624  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6625  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6626                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6627                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6628
6629  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6630  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6631  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6632                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6633                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6634                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6635                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6636
6637  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
6638  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6639                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6640                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6641                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6642                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6643
6644  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6645  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6646  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6647
6648  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6649  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
6650  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6651
6652  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6653  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6654
6655  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6656  void FreePackedContext();
6657
6658  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6659  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6660  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6661                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6662
6663  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6664  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6665  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6666
6667  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6668  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6669  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6670
6671  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6672  void FreeVisContext();
6673
6674  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
6675  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
6676  /// the appropriate attribute.
6677  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
6678
6679  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
6680  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
6681                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6682  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6683                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6684
6685  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
6686
6687  /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
6688  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
6689                        SourceLocation Loc,
6690                        Scope *CurScope,
6691                        ArrayRef<DeclarationNameInfo> IdList);
6692  /// \brief Build a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and check its correctness.
6693  OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
6694                        SourceLocation Loc,
6695                        ArrayRef<DeclRefExpr *> VarList);
6696
6697  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
6698  enum CheckedConversionKind {
6699    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
6700    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
6701    /// \brief A C-style cast.
6702    CCK_CStyleCast,
6703    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
6704    CCK_FunctionalCast,
6705    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
6706    CCK_OtherCast
6707  };
6708
6709  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
6710  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
6711  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
6712  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
6713                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
6714                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
6715                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
6716                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6717
6718  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
6719  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
6720  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
6721
6722  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
6723  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
6724  /// required.
6725  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
6726
6727  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
6728  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6729  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
6730
6731  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
6732  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6733  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
6734
6735  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
6736  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
6737  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
6738  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6739
6740  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
6741  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
6742  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
6743  // type.
6744  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6745
6746  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
6747  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
6748  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
6749  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
6750
6751  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
6752  enum VariadicCallType {
6753    VariadicFunction,
6754    VariadicBlock,
6755    VariadicMethod,
6756    VariadicConstructor,
6757    VariadicDoesNotApply
6758  };
6759
6760  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6761                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6762                                       Expr *Fn);
6763
6764  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
6765  // vararg function.
6766  enum VarArgKind {
6767    VAK_Valid,
6768    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
6769    VAK_Invalid
6770  };
6771
6772  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
6773  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
6774
6775  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
6776  /// form of call prototypes.
6777  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
6778                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6779                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6780                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
6781                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6782                              SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
6783                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
6784                              bool AllowExplicit = false,
6785                              bool IsListInitialization = false);
6786
6787  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
6788  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
6789  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
6790                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
6791
6792  /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
6793  /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not.
6794  bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
6795
6796  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
6797  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
6798  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
6799  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
6800  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
6801  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6802                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
6803
6804  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
6805  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
6806  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
6807  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
6808  /// source and destination type.
6809  enum AssignConvertType {
6810    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
6811    Compatible,
6812
6813    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
6814    /// accept as an extension.
6815    PointerToInt,
6816
6817    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
6818    /// accept as an extension.
6819    IntToPointer,
6820
6821    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
6822    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
6823    FunctionVoidPointer,
6824
6825    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
6826    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
6827    IncompatiblePointer,
6828
6829    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
6830    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
6831    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
6832    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
6833    IncompatiblePointerSign,
6834
6835    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
6836    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
6837    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6838
6839    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
6840    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
6841    /// like address spaces.
6842    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6843
6844    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
6845    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
6846    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
6847    /// extension.
6848    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
6849
6850    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
6851    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
6852    IncompatibleVectors,
6853
6854    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
6855    /// pointer. We disallow this.
6856    IntToBlockPointer,
6857
6858    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
6859    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
6860    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
6861
6862    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
6863    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
6864    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
6865    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
6866
6867    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
6868    /// object with __weak qualifier.
6869    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
6870
6871    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
6872    /// represent it in the AST.
6873    Incompatible
6874  };
6875
6876  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
6877  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
6878  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
6879  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6880                                SourceLocation Loc,
6881                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6882                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
6883                                bool *Complained = 0);
6884
6885  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
6886  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
6887  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6888                              Expr *SrcExpr);
6889
6890  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
6891  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
6892  /// C99 6.5.16.
6893  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
6894                                               QualType LHSType,
6895                                               QualType RHSType);
6896
6897  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
6898  /// RHS to the LHS type.
6899  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6900                                               ExprResult &RHS,
6901                                               CastKind &Kind);
6902
6903  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
6904  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
6905  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
6906  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6907                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
6908                                                     bool Diagnose = true);
6909
6910  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
6911  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
6912  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
6913                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
6914
6915  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6916
6917  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6918
6919  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6920                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6921                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
6922  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6923                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6924                                       bool AllowExplicit,
6925                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
6926  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6927                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
6928                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6929                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
6930                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6931  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6932                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
6933                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6934                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6935
6936  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
6937  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
6938
6939  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
6940  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
6941                           ExprResult &RHS);
6942  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
6943    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
6944    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
6945  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6946    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
6947    bool IsDivide);
6948  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6949    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6950    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6951  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6952    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6953    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6954  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6955    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6956    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6957  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
6958    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6959    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6960  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
6961    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
6962                                bool isRelational);
6963  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
6964    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6965    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6966  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
6967    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
6968  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
6969  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
6970  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
6971  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
6972    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
6973
6974  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6975                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
6976  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6977                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
6978                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
6979  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
6980  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
6981
6982  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
6983    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6984    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6985  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
6986    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
6987    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
6988  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
6989                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
6990  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
6991                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
6992                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
6993    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
6994    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
6995                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
6996    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
6997    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
6998    return Composite;
6999  }
7000
7001  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7002                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7003
7004  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
7005                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7006
7007  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
7008  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7009                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
7010  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
7011  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7012                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
7013  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7014                                      SourceLocation Loc);
7015
7016  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
7017  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
7018
7019  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
7020
7021  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
7022  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
7023  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
7024  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
7025    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
7026    /// reference binding is not possible.
7027    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
7028    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
7029    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
7030    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
7031    Ref_Related,
7032    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
7033    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
7034    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
7035    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
7036    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
7037    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
7038    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
7039    Ref_Compatible
7040  };
7041
7042  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
7043                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
7044                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
7045                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
7046                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
7047
7048  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
7049                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
7050                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
7051
7052  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
7053  /// given type.
7054  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
7055
7056  /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
7057  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
7058  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
7059                                Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
7060
7061  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
7062  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7063  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
7064  // returns true if the cast is invalid
7065  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
7066                       CastKind &Kind);
7067
7068  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
7069  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7070  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
7071  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
7072  // returns the cast expr
7073  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
7074                                CastKind &Kind);
7075
7076  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7077                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7078                                        Expr *CastExpr,
7079                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7080
7081  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
7082
7083  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
7084  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
7085  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
7086                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
7087                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK);
7088
7089  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7090  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7091
7092  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
7093                                             QualType ExprType);
7094
7095  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
7096  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
7097  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
7098  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
7099  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
7100
7101  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7102  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
7103  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
7104
7105  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7106  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
7107  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7108
7109  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
7110  /// \param Method - May be null.
7111  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
7112  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
7113  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
7114                                 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel,
7115                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7116                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
7117                                 bool isSuperMessage,
7118                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
7119                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
7120
7121  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
7122  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
7123  /// and the form of the message send.
7124  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
7125                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7126                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
7127
7128  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
7129  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
7130  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
7131
7132  /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
7133  /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
7134  /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
7135  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
7136
7137  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
7138  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
7139  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
7140  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
7141  ///
7142  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
7143  /// 'if' keyword.
7144  /// \return true iff there were any errors
7145  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
7146
7147  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
7148                                   Expr *SubExpr);
7149
7150  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
7151  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
7152  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
7153
7154  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
7155  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
7156  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
7157
7158  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
7159  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
7160
7161  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
7162  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
7163  /// the specified diagnostic.
7164  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
7165                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
7166                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
7167
7168  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
7169  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
7170  /// in the global scope.
7171  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
7172
7173  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
7174  /// expression violations.
7175  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
7176  public:
7177    bool Suppress;
7178
7179    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
7180
7181    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
7182    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
7183    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
7184  };
7185
7186  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
7187  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
7188  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
7189  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7190                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
7191                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7192  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7193                                             unsigned DiagID,
7194                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7195  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
7196
7197  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
7198  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
7199  /// Returns false on success.
7200  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
7201  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
7202                            QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
7203                            bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
7204
7205  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
7206    CFT_Device,
7207    CFT_Global,
7208    CFT_Host,
7209    CFT_HostDevice
7210  };
7211
7212  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
7213
7214  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
7215                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
7216
7217  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
7218    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
7219                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
7220  }
7221
7222  /// \name Code completion
7223  //@{
7224  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
7225  enum ParserCompletionContext {
7226    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
7227    PCC_Namespace,
7228    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
7229    PCC_Class,
7230    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
7231    /// or category.
7232    PCC_ObjCInterface,
7233    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
7234    /// category implementation
7235    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
7236    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
7237    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
7238    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
7239    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7240    /// headers.
7241    PCC_Template,
7242    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7243    /// headers within a class.
7244    PCC_MemberTemplate,
7245    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
7246    PCC_Expression,
7247    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7248    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7249    PCC_Statement,
7250    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7251    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7252    PCC_ForInit,
7253    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7254    /// while, switch, or for statement.
7255    PCC_Condition,
7256    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7257    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7258    /// in the grammar.
7259    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7260    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7261    PCC_Type,
7262    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7263    /// might also be a type cast.
7264    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7265    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7266    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7267    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7268  };
7269
7270  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7271  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7272                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7273  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7274                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7275                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7276
7277  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7278  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7279                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7280  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7281                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
7282                                       bool IsArrow);
7283  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7284  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7285  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
7286  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
7287  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
7288  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7289  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7290  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7291  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7292
7293  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7294                               bool EnteringContext);
7295  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7296  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7297  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7298  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7299  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7300  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor,
7301                                          CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers,
7302                                          unsigned NumInitializers);
7303  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7304                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
7305
7306  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7307  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7308  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7309  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7310  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7311  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7312  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7313  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7314                                   bool IsParameter);
7315  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7316  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7317                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7318                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7319                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
7320  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7321                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7322                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7323                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
7324                                    bool IsSuper = false);
7325  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7326                                       IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7327                                       unsigned NumSelIdents,
7328                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
7329                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7330  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7331                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7332  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7333                                IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7334                                unsigned NumSelIdents);
7335  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7336                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
7337  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7338  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7339  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7340                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7341                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7342  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7343  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7344                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7345                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7346  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7347                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7348                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7349  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7350  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7351                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7352  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7353                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
7354                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
7355  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7356                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
7357                                          bool AtParameterName,
7358                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
7359                                          IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7360                                          unsigned NumSelIdents);
7361  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7362  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7363  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7364  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7365  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7366                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7367                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7368                                             unsigned Argument);
7369  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7370  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7371                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7372                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7373  //@}
7374
7375  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7376  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7377
7378public:
7379  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7380                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
7381
7382private:
7383  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7384                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7385                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7386  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7387  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7388  // FunctionDeclaration.
7389  struct FormatStringInfo {
7390    unsigned FormatIdx;
7391    unsigned FirstDataArg;
7392    bool HasVAListArg;
7393  };
7394
7395  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7396                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7397  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7398                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7399  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7400                           ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
7401  bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7402                      const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7403  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7404                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7405                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7406                            SourceLocation Loc);
7407
7408  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7409                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7410                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7411                 VariadicCallType CallType);
7412
7413
7414  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7415
7416  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7417  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7418  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7419
7420  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7421  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7422  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7423
7424public:
7425  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7426  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7427
7428private:
7429  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7430  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7431  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7432  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7433  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7434                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7435  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7436                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
7437
7438  enum FormatStringType {
7439    FST_Scanf,
7440    FST_Printf,
7441    FST_NSString,
7442    FST_Strftime,
7443    FST_Strfmon,
7444    FST_Kprintf,
7445    FST_Unknown
7446  };
7447  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7448
7449  enum StringLiteralCheckType {
7450    SLCT_NotALiteral,
7451    SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
7452    SLCT_CheckedLiteral
7453  };
7454
7455  StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E,
7456                                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7457                                               bool HasVAListArg,
7458                                               unsigned format_idx,
7459                                               unsigned firstDataArg,
7460                                               FormatStringType Type,
7461                                               VariadicCallType CallType,
7462                                               bool inFunctionCall = true);
7463
7464  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7465                         ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
7466                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7467                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7468                         VariadicCallType CallType);
7469
7470  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
7471                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7472                            bool IsCXXMember,
7473                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7474                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range);
7475  bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7476                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7477                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7478                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7479                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range);
7480
7481  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7482                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7483                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7484
7485  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7486                               unsigned BId,
7487                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7488
7489  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7490                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7491
7492  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7493                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7494
7495  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7496                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7497  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7498  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7499  void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
7500  void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
7501
7502  /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
7503  /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
7504  void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
7505                          bool IsConstexpr = false);
7506
7507  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7508                                   Expr *Init);
7509
7510public:
7511  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7512  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7513                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7514                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7515
7516  struct TypeTagData {
7517    TypeTagData() {}
7518
7519    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7520        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7521        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7522    {}
7523
7524    QualType Type;
7525
7526    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7527    /// layout-compatibility.
7528    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7529    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7530  };
7531
7532  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7533  /// identifies the magic value.
7534  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7535
7536private:
7537  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7538  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7539      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7540
7541  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7542  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7543  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7544                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7545
7546  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7547  ///
7548  /// The parser maintains this state here.
7549  Scope *CurScope;
7550
7551  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
7552
7553protected:
7554  friend class Parser;
7555  friend class InitializationSequence;
7556  friend class ASTReader;
7557  friend class ASTWriter;
7558
7559public:
7560  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7561  ///
7562  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7563  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7564  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7565  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7566  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7567  /// template substitution or instantiation.
7568  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7569
7570  IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
7571
7572  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7573
7574  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
7575    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
7576  }
7577
7578  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
7579
7580  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
7581    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
7582    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
7583    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
7584      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
7585    return DC;
7586  }
7587};
7588
7589/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
7590class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
7591  Sema &Actions;
7592
7593public:
7594  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7595                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7596                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
7597                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7598    : Actions(Actions) {
7599    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
7600                                            IsDecltype);
7601  }
7602  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7603                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7604                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
7605                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7606    : Actions(Actions) {
7607    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
7608                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
7609                                            IsDecltype);
7610  }
7611
7612  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7613    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
7614  }
7615};
7616
7617}  // end namespace clang
7618
7619#endif
7620